‫‪١٩٩٥ /‬‬ ‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .

‬ﺱ ‪١٥٠٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻌﺏ ﺍﻻﻁﻔﺎل‬ ‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ICS: 97.200.50‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻴﻴﺱ‬

‫‪S.N.S:‬‬ ‫‪1504‬‬ ‫‪/ 1995‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Children's toys - test method‬‬

‫‪١‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‬
‫ﲣﺘﺺ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺍﻻﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻠﻴﺔ )ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ(‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻢ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ(‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺢ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺬﺍﻑ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻨﺔ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻠﺤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻼﻗﻨﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﻨﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ‬
‫)‪(٥٠‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﶈﺸﻮﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯ‬
‫– ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﺯﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ‬ ‫ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬

‫‪١٩٩٥ / ٣ / ١١‬‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬

‫‪Syrian Arab Organization for Standardization and Metrology‬‬

‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻴﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪ :‬ﺷﺊ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻋﺪﺕ ﻛﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺣﱴ ﺳﻦ )‪ (١٤‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻤﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢‬‬
‫ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻕ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﳐﺘﺰﻧﺔ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻗﺬﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﳑﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪٤/٢‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﲑﺗﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﳝﺴﻚ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫‪٥/٢‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺚ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻀﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻤﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻻﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٦/٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳊﺚ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺬﻳﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺊ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ‬ ‫‪٧/٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﻜﺒﺢ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻴﻂ ﻣﺮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﺮﻛﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٨/٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٩/٢‬‬
‫ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﺠﲑﺓ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﺦ ﺑﺎﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻻﺑﻘﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪١٠/٢‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﲝﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻴﺤﻤﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١١/٢‬‬

‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻚ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٢/٢‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺗﺪﺍﺭ ﲟﺤﺮﻙ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮﺍ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫‪١٣/٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﳊﻤﻞ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺹ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻱ‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪١/٣‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺃﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩﺓ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩﺓ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/٣‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺼﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل(‬

‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪١/٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﱪ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﺎﺳﺌﺔ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪.(١‬‬ ‫‪١/١/٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﱪ ﻛﺎﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪.(١‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (١‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪(٠,١٢٥±) (١‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/١/٤‬‬

‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (١‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ )ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ(‬

‫ﺍﻻﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻣﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﱪ‬ ‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺯ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫـ‬ ‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺟـ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺃ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺐ ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ‬
‫‪٤٦٤,٣ ٢٥,٤‬‬ ‫‪٤٤‬‬ ‫‪١٤,٧ ٢٥,٩‬‬ ‫‪٥,٦‬‬ ‫‪٢,٨٠‬‬ ‫ﺃ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ٣‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺐ ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪٤٥٧,٦ ٣٨,١ ٥٣,٩ ١٩,٣ ٣٨,٤‬‬ ‫‪٨,٦‬‬ ‫‪٤,٣‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ١٤‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﶈﺪﺩ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‬ ‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ‪ ١٤‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪٢/٤‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﱰﻉ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﲡﺮﻯ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﱪ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻢ ﻭﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪١/٣/٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺟﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﱪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪١/١/٣/٤‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﱪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﱪ ﺣﱴ ‪ ْ ٩٠‬ﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺻﺒﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺻﻐﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺟﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﱪ‬ ‫‪٢/١/٣/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ )‪ (١٨٧‬ﻣﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﱪ )‪ .(١‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺻﻐﺮ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﱪ )ﺏ( ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﱪ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (١‬ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ (٢,٢٥‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺻﻐﺮ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺐ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺻﻐﺮ )‪ (١٨٧‬ﻣﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﱪ‬ ‫‪٣/١/٣/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺻﻐﺮ ﺃﻭ )‪(٢٣٠‬ﻣﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﱪ )ﺏ( ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﻳﻒ ﰲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻻﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪ (١/١/٣/٥‬ﺃﻭ )‪.(٢/١/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﻊ ﳎﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٤‬‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ )‪(٠,٥‬ﻣﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻣﻜﻦ ﳌﺴﻪ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺟﻠﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٤‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﱪ‪.‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٤/٣/٤‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﱪ )ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺑﺮ( ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٤/٣/٤‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲤﺖ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺟﻠﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/٤/٣/٤‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﱪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫‪١/٥‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪(٢‬‬ ‫‪١/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺪﻭﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺰﻭﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ )‪ (٠,٤‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺓ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ )‪ (٤٠‬ﲟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﻛﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/١/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ‬ ‫‪٢/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﳑﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪(٢± ٢٥‬ﻣﻢ‪/‬ﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺑﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺓ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺣﱴ )‪ (٠,٦‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳑﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪٣/٢/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺫﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﻠﺼﻖ‬ ‫‪٣/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻓﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻳﺘﻠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬ ‫‪١/٣/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﲰﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻓﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻳﺘﻠﲔ ﺑﲔ )‪ (٠,٠٦٦‬ﻣﻢ ﻭ )‪(٠,٠٩٠‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻖ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻤﻚ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ‬ ‫‪٣/٣/١/٥‬‬
‫)‪(٠,٠٣‬ﻣﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ)‪(٠,٠٨‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻋﻦ )‪(٦‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣/١/٥‬‬

‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ )‪ْ (٢± ٢٣‬ﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣/١/٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪٢/٥‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٥‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﳌﺪﺓ )‪(٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪ْ (٢± ٢٣‬ﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ )‪ ٪(٢٠‬ﻭ )‪.٪(٧٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/٥‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫‪١/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٣/٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺜﲎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ )‪(١٥‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰎ ﻓﻜﻪ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺟﺴﻮﺀﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺑﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٥/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ٥(٥± ٩٠‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫‪٦/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ٥(٥± ٩٠‬ﳌﻨﺤﲎ ﳑﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (٦‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻭﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ )‪ ٥(٣٦٠‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﳏﻮﺭﻩ‬ ‫‪٧/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺛﲏ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﲣﻔﻴﻀﻬﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺛﲏ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٨/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﻭ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫‪٩/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﳚﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٠/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻﻣﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١١/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﲢﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٢/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪ (٣/٥‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٣/٣/٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫‪٤/٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ‪ ٪٥٠‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺧﻄﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪١/٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺎﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(٣‬‬ ‫‪١/١/٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/٦‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺍ ﺑﺸﻘﻮﻕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ )‪(٠,٠٢± ١,٠٢‬ﻣﻢ *‬ ‫‪٣/١/٦‬‬
‫)‪(٠,٠٢± ١,١٥‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺱ )‪(٠,٣٨‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/١/٦‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺑﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﺊ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪٥/١/٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻄﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺷﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ )‪ (٢‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪٢/٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪١/٣/٦‬‬
‫)‪.(٣/٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٦‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﲟﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ )‪٦٩‬ﻣﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﰎ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻜﻪ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﺴﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٦‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪﺓ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺟﺴﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪٥/٣/٦‬‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﻣﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻀﺊ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/٣/٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﺓ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫‪٧/٣/٦‬‬
‫)‪(٠,١٢‬ﻣﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻓﺔ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﺎﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٨/٣/٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻗﺼﻰ ﺟﺴﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻂ‬ ‫‪٩/٣/٦‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (٤,٥‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻟﺘﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٠/٣/٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪ (٣/٦‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١١/٣/٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫‪٤/٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻐﻠﻐﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ )‪(٠,٥٠‬ﻣﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺿﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪(٤,٥‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺧﻄﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫‪١/٧‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ )‪(١٠‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪٢/٧‬‬

‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻫﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٧‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/٧‬‬
‫ﳝﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﲔ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺘﲔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺘﲔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ٥(٩٠‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪١/٣/٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺛﲏ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ٥(٦٠‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺜﲎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺲ‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٧‬‬
‫ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ٥(١٢٠‬ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٧‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺎ )‪ (٢٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪ (٣/٧‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣/٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫‪٤/٧‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﲔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻳﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٨‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻭﻁ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺑﺴﻤﻚ )‪ (٤‬ﻣﻢ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﲰﻚ ﻃﻠﻴﺘﻪ )‪ (٢‬ﻣﻢ ﻭﻗﺴﺎﻭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﲟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬ ‫‪١/٨‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻛﻮﻳﻞ )‪(٥± ٧٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪٢/٨‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٨‬‬

‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٨‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢/٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/٨‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/٨‬‬
‫ﲤﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪ (١٠± ١٣٧٠‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٨‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ )‪ (١٠‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪ (٢/٣/٨‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺻﻠﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫‪٤/٨‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪١/٤/٨‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﺸﺨﺸﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٤/٨‬‬

‫‪ -٩‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺧﺸﱯ ﲰﻜﻪ )‪ (٢‬ﻣﻢ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪٢/٩‬‬
‫ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪ ،(٣/٨‬ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺧﺸﱯ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٩‬‬
‫ﲤﺴﻚ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺯ‪‬ﺎ )‪ (١‬ﻛﻎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪ (١٠٠‬ﻣﻢ ﻭﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﺘﺴﻘﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٩‬‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (٥٠‬ﺳﻢ‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﻔﺤﺺ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻭﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٩‬‬

‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫‪ -١٠‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺸﻐل ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪١/١٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﲟﻜﺒﺲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻭﺷﻔﻂ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ )‪(٣٠٠‬ﺳﻢ‪ ٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺁﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪(٣‬‬ ‫‪١/١/١٠‬‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺲ ﲞﻂ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (١٤‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/١٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪٢/١٠‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/١٠‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/١٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/١٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/١٠‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻔﺦ ﻭﺷﻔﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (٣٠٠‬ﺳﻢ‪ ٣‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/١٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫‪٤/١٠‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻻﰐ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/٤/١٠‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﻫﺮﻭﺏ )ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ( ﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١/٤/١٠‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ) ‪ (١± ٣١٧‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/٤/١٠‬‬

‫‪ -١١‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١١‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﺑﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪(٥٠‬ﻛﻎ ﳌﺪﺓ )‪ (٥‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١١‬‬

‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﲣﺘﱪ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪٣/١١‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٢‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺑﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (٥٠‬ﻛﻎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ )‪ (١٥٠‬ﻣﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫‪١/١٢‬‬
‫ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ )‪ (٤٠٠‬ﻣﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١٢‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ )‪ (٥٠‬ﻣﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (٢‬ﻡ‪/‬ﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/١٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪ (٢/١٢‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/١٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﻭﲣﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/١٢‬‬

‫‪ -١٣‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ )‪.(١٢‬‬ ‫‪١/١٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻒ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ )‪.٥(١٠‬‬ ‫‪٢/١٣‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/١٣‬‬

‫‪ -١٤‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ )‪.(١٢‬‬ ‫‪١/١٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪ ٥(١٠‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ‬ ‫‪٢/١٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺎ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (٥٠‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/١٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺢ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﺾ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪٤/١٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺢ ﺑﺪﻭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/١٤‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/١٤‬‬

‫‪ -١٥‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺫﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫‪١/١٥‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫‪١/١/١٥‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬ ‫‪٢/١/١٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﻗﺘﻪ )‪ (٠,٠١‬ﻏﺮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/١/١٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪٢/١٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/١٥‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﲟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺬﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/١٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )‪ (T‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ (V‬ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫‪٣/٢/١٥‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪/‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪.( X‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺬﻳﻔﺔ )‪ (V‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٢/١٥‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲬﺲ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﲢﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٢/١٥‬‬

‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪٣/١٥‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/١٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ = )‪ (0.5 mv2‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺴﺐ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫‪٢/٣/١٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺬﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٦‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١٦‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﳌﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١/١٦‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(٤‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/١٦‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ )‪١‬ﻛﻎ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/١/١٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪٢/١٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/١٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/١٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ )‪٥(٢± ٢٣‬ﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢/١٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/١٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻣﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/١٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲣﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/١٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(٤‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/١٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ )‪ (١٠٠‬ﻣﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣/١٦‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪(١٠٠‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣/١٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺸﻘﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/٣/١٦‬‬

‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫‪ -١٧‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/١٧‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﳌﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/١/١٧‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻃﺮﻓﻬﺎ = )‪ (٠,٥‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/١٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/١٧‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/١٧‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/١٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/١٧‬‬
‫ﲤﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/١٧‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (٥‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ )‪ (٥‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺑﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬ ‫‪٢/٣/١٧‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻯ )‪ (٣٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ )‪ (٥‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﳌﺪﺓ )‪ (٥‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/١٧‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻘﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣/١٧‬‬

‫‪ -١٨‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/١٨‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺩﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١/١٨‬‬

‫‪١٧‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/١٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/١٨‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/١٨‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/١٨‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ )‪ ٥(٢± ٢٣‬ﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢/١٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/١٨‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻻﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/١٨‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ )‪ (١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/١٨‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/١٨‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻟﺜﻼﺛﲔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣/١٨‬‬

‫‪ -١٩‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﺤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻭﺍﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﻗﻨﻌﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺸﻌﺭ ﺃﻁﻭل ﻤﻥ )‪ (٥٠‬ﻤﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫‪١/١٩‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪(٠,٢‬ﻡ‪/‬ﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١/١٩‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/١٩‬‬

‫‪١٨‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/١/١٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻛﺴﺠﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪٤/١/١٩‬‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ )‪(٢٠٠‬ﻣﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﻂ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﺫﻭ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ )‪ (٣‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/١/١٩‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/١/١٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/١٩‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/١٩‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/١٩‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻼ ﳚﺐ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢/١٩‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻏﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ )‪٥(٣٠‬ﺱ ﳌﺪﺓ )‪(١٠‬‬ ‫‪٤/٢/١٩‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪ (٢/٢/٥‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/١٩‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/١٩‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺪﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻻﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/١٩‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/١٩‬‬

‫‪١٩‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‬ ‫‪٤/٣/١٩‬‬
‫)‪(٢ ± ٤٥‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣/١٩‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/٣/١٩‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻠﻂ ﳍﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ )‪(٢٠‬ﻣﻢ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪٧/٣/١٩‬‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻐﻠﻐﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﳊﻮﺍﱄ )‪(١٠‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﳍﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٨/٣/١٩‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻻﺩﱏ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﻳﺸﺘﻌﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٩/٣/١٩‬‬

‫‪ -٢٠‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻼﻗﻨﻌﺔ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻻﻗﻨﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻁﻭل ﺤﺭ ﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ )‪ (٥٠‬ﻤﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/٢٠‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(١/١٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/١٩‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢٠‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/٢٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٢٠‬‬

‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ٥(٤٥‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٢٠‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻠﻂ ﳍﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ )‪(٢٠‬ﻣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﳌﺪﺓ )‪ (٥‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻐﻠﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٢٠‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ )‪(٢٠‬ﻣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ ﻭﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‬
‫)‪ (٥‬ﻣﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﳍﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣/٢٠‬‬
‫ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/٣/٢٠‬‬

‫‪ -٢١‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺒﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﻔل‬

‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/٢١‬‬
‫ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/١/٢١‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﲟﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺷﻔﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ‪‬ﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١/١/٢١‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ )‪ْ (٣٠-١٥‬ﺱ ﻭﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪٢/١/١/٢١‬‬
‫)‪.٪(٦٥-٢٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﱄ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/٢١‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/١/٢١‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﺪ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ )‪(٢‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/١/٢١‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/١/٢١‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻻﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/١/٢١‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﳍﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/١/٢١‬‬

‫‪٢١‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪٥/١/٢١‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻳﺪﻭﻯ‬
‫)‪ (٠,٢‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢١‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٣/٥‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٢١‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٢١‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ )‪(٨٠ × ٦٠٠‬ﻣﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢/٢١‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺧﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ )‪(٥٠٠‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٢/٢١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢١‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳋﻴﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳍﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ )ﺣﺮﻑ‪.(U-‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/٢١‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﳍﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ٥(٤٥‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٢١‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٢١‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺷﻌﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ ﰒ ﻳﻘﺮﺏ ﳍﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ )‪(٤٠‬ﻣﻢ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٢١‬‬
‫ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺟﺰ )‪(٣٠‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻠﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣/٢١‬‬
‫ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺛﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/٣/٢١‬‬

‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫‪ -٢٢‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺸﻭﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/٢٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(١/٢٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٢٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳍﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ )‪.(U‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/٢٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٢٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ )‪(٢٠‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٢٢‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻠﻂ ﳍﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ )‪(٢٠‬ﻣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ ﻭﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٢٢‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ )‪ (٥‬ﻣﻢ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﺪ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ٥(٤٥‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪٥/٣/٢٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺼﻰ ﻻﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪(٦٠٠‬ﻣﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ )‪(١٥٠‬ﻣﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻠﻂ‬ ‫‪٦/٣/٢٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﳍﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ )‪(٢٠‬ﻣﻢ ﳌﺪﺓ )‪ (٥‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﱐ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻭﳛﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ‬ ‫‪٧/٣/٢٢‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫‪ -٢٣‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/٢٣‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ )‪(٠,٠٠١‬ﻣﻎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻏﻠﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ )‪(٠,٥‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/١/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﻴﲏ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ )‪ (٠,١±‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/١/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﻏﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺜﻘﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ )‪ (٠,٤٥‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/١/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺷﻒ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢٣‬‬
‫ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﲪﺾ ﻛﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ )‪ ٠,٠٧‬ﻣﻮﻝ‪/‬ﻟﺘﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٢٣‬‬
‫ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﲪﺾ ﻛﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ )‪ ٠,١٤‬ﻣﻮﻝ‪/‬ﻟﺘﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٢٣‬‬
‫ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﲪﺾ ﻛﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ )‪٢‬ﻣﻮﻝ‪/‬ﻟﺘﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢/٢٣‬‬
‫ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﲪﺾ ﻛﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ )‪٦‬ﻣﻮﻝ‪/‬ﻟﺘﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٢/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻛﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﲪﺎﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٢/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﻄﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/٢/٢٣‬‬
‫ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﶈﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٢/٥‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﻭﻭﺭﻧﻴﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٢٣‬‬

‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﺸﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺴﺤﻖ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٤/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻭﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻦ )‪(١٠٠‬ﻣﻊ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺜﻘﻮﺏ )‪(٠,٥‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٤/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﰲ ﻇﻠﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ‬ ‫‪٣/٤/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻃﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻃﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻻﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ )‪(١٠٠‬ﻣﻊ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﻛﺸﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٤/٤/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳚﺐ ﺳﺤﻖ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪ (٤/٤/٣/٢٣‬ﺪﻑ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ‬ ‫‪٥/٤/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﻛﺸﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪(١٠٠‬ﻣﻢ‪ ،٢‬ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪٦/٤/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻔﺘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﱰﻉ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻔﺘﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٧/٤/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻤﺮﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻧﺴﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﻤﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٥/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥/٣/٢٣‬‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺺ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﻞ ﲰﻜﺎ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/٥/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲰﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪(٦‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٥/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ )‪(٦ × ٦‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٥/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﺗﻼﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺴﺨﲔ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺺ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/٥/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺎﻣﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪٧/٥/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ )‪(١٠٠‬ﻣﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻭﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻦ )‪(١٠٠‬ﻣﻎ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪٨/٥/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻐﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻧﻴﺶ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺣﱪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪٩/٥/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻂ ﻭﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ )‪(١٠٠‬ﻡ‪ ٢‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻂ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٤/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٥/٣/٢٣‬‬ ‫‪٦/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺟﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٥/٢/٢٣‬‬ ‫‪٧/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٨/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٨/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٨/٣/٢٣‬‬

‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺭﻧﻴﺶ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺣﱪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/٨/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻄﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ )‪(١٠٠‬ﻣﻢ‪ ٢‬ﻓﺘﺆﺧﺬ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﶈﺪﺩ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٤/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻄﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪(١٠٠‬ﻡ‪ ،٢‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪٤/٨/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﺛﺮﺍ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٩/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٩/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪ ﺑﻜﺸﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺘﻘﻄﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻋﺪﺕ ﻟﺘﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﺛﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺤﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﴰﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ‪،‬ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﲟﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻔﺘﺖ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲝﻴﺚ ﲤﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﺨﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ )ﺹ( ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٩/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﳐﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﺛﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺤﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﴰﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ‪،‬ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﲟﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١٠/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٩/٣/٢٣‬‬

‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻧﻴﺸﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١١/٣/٢٣‬‬
‫‪ ١/١١/٣/٢٣‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(١/٩/٣/٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢/١١/٣/٢٣‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٢/٩/٣/٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻧﻴﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﰲ‬ ‫‪١/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ‪‬ﺎ )‪ْ (٢± ٢٣‬ﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ )‪٢٠‬ﺇﱃ‪.٪(٧٠‬‬
‫‪ ١/١/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﻮﺯﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢/١/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﻮﺯﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﳝﺎﺛﻞ )‪(٥٠‬ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺋﻲ )‪(٠,٠٧‬ﻣﻮﻝ ﻟﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲪﺾ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣/١/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﲪﺾ ﻛﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ )‪ْ (٢± ٣٧‬ﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤/١/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﺮﺝ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ )‪ (١‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥/١/٤/٢٣‬ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺣﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﻴﲏ ﺍﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ (١,٥‬ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺋﻲ )‪(٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻝ‪/‬ﻟﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲪﺾ ﻛﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﺮﺓ ﺑﻘﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺝ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﻴﲏ )‪(١,٥‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/١/٤/٣‬‬
‫‪ ٧/١/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﺮﺝ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٨/١/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻂ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ )‪٥ (٢± ٣٧‬ﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﻏﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﻓﺘﺤﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪٩/١/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫)‪(٠,٤٥‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﻠﻞ ﻭﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪١٠/١/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ )‪(١/١/٤/٢٣‬ﺇﱃ )‪ (١/٤/٢٣‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١١/١/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻠﻴﻐﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮﻏﺮﺍﻡ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٢/١/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪١٣/١/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٥/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﻤﺮﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪٢/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭ‪‬ﺎ ) ‪٥ (٢± ٢٣‬ﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ )‪.٪(٢٠،٧٠‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ )‪ (١/١/٤/٢٣‬ﺇﱃ )‪.(٣/١/٤/٢٣‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٥/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺗﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ‪‬ﺎ ) ‪٥ (٢± ٢٣‬ﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲔ )‪٢٠‬ﻭ‪.٪(٧٠‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺯﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﺮ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ )‪ (٢٥‬ﺿﻌﻒ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٤/٢٣‬‬

‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫‪ ٣/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﻌﻄﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﺎﺿﺎﻓﺔ )‪ (٢٥‬ﺿﻌﻒ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪٥(٢±‬ﺱ ﰒ ﻳﻔﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺐ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﺭﻕ ﳐﺮﻭﻃﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﳊﻤﺾ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﻠﻮﺭﻳﻚ )‪(٠,١٤‬ﻣﻮﻝ ‪/‬ﻟﺘﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺊ )‪(٢٥‬‬
‫ﺿﻌﻒ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﳊﻤﺾ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﺮﺝ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻂ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٨/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺣﺎﻣﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﻴﲏ ﺍﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ )‪ (١,٥‬ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﻂ ﻗﻄﺮﺓ ﻗﻄﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﻠﺌﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻣﺾ ﻛﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (٢‬ﻣﻮﻝ‪/‬ﻟﺘﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺝ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﻴﲏ )‪ (١,٥‬ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٩/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﺮﺝ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻂ ﺑﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻂ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ )‪٥(٢± ٣٧‬ﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٠/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺎ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﻏﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ )‪(٠,٤٥‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﻜﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١١/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﳚﺮﺏ ﻭﻳﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﶈﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٢/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ )‪ (١/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﺇﱃ )‪ (١١/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫‪ ١٣/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻠﻴﻐﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻏﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٤/٣/٤/٢٣‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٥/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻧﻴﺸﺎﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٤/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎ‪‬ﻪ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ‪‬ﺎ )‪٥(٢± ٢٣‬ﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫‪ ٪٢٠‬ﺇﱃ ‪.٪٧٠‬‬
‫‪ ١/٤/٤/٢٣‬ﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻮﺩ )‪ (١/١/٤/٢٣‬ﺇﱃ )‪.(١٢/١/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢/٤/٤/٢٣‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٥/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﺛﺮﺍ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٥/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫‪ ١/٥/٤/٢٣‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﲣﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٤/٤/٢٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢/٥/٤/٢٣‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻟﺴﻴﻮﻡ ﰒ ﺧﻔﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﻴﲏ ﺇﱃ )‪ (١,٥‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﲪﺾ ﻛﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ )‪(٦‬ﻣﻮﻝ‪/‬ﻟﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٥/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﱪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٥/٢٣‬‬

‫‪٣١‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥/٢٣‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺤﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﴰﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﺮﻙ‬ ‫‪٣/٥/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﺛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﱪﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ )ﻣﻊ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪/‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻏﺮﺍﻡ( ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻨﺴﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫‪٤/٥/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٥/٢٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٦/٥/٢٣‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/٢٣‬‬

‫‪ -٢٤‬ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ )ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ(‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺧﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻤﻚ )‪(٦٣,٥‬ﻣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻐﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﺒﻼﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﻤﻚ )‪(٣,٢‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺘﻤﻞ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﺆﺭﺽ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺁﺧﺬ‬ ‫‪٢/٢/١/٢٤‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺃﻣﺒﲑ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪ (٠,٩١‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﲝﻴﺚ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺺ ﰲ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬ ‫‪٥/٣/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﲣﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻟﻼﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﰲ‬ ‫‪٦/٣/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٧/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٧/٣/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪٨/٣/١/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ )ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ )‪ (١٢,٧‬ﻣﻢ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (٨٩‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١/٢/٢٤‬‬

‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻨﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ )‪(٦,٤‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/٢/٢٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻡ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪١/٣/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ )ﺑﻨﺪ)‪ ((١/٢٥‬ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (٨٩‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻄﺐ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺭﲣﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٧/٢٤‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/٣/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪٧/٣/٢/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻢ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/٢٤‬‬

‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﺒﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻄﺤﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲰﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺘﲔ )‪(٦٣,٥‬ﻣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻴﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻭ ﺍﳌﻤﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺘﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ‪‬ﺸﻴﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (٨٩‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﲔ ﻛﺘﻠﱵ ﺍﳋﺸﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺤﺘﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻛﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻭ ﻛﺴﺮ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﺾ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣/٣/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﺾ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٤/٢٤‬‬
‫ﳝﺮﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ )‪(١٢,٧‬ﻣﻢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/١/٤/٢٤‬‬

‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺗﺪﺭﳚﻴﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻻﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/١/٤/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪ (٢/١/٤/٢٤‬ﳌﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/١/٤/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻛﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﺽ‬ ‫‪٤/١/٤/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻛﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻚ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﺰﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١/١/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (١٥٠٠‬ﺍﻭﻡ ﻣﻔﺮﻏﺔ ﺑﺴﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪٢/١/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫)‪ (٠,١٥‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﺎﺭﺩﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ )‪ (١,١١‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪٣/١/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ )‪(٢٠ × ١٠‬ﻣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻞ‬ ‫‪١/٣/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺽ ﻛﺎﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(٥‬‬

‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٥/٤‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ )‪ ٪(١١٠‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ،(٥‬ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪ (S1‬ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪ (S2‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥/٣/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪ (٥/٣/٥/٢٤‬ﻣﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦/٣/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪ (S1‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺧﻼﻝ ﲬﺲ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪٧/٣/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪ (S2‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٨/٣/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٦/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(١/٥/٢٤‬‬ ‫‪١/٦/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/٦/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺗﱪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ )‪٥ (٣٢‬ﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٦/٢٤‬‬

‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺟﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﻭﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٦/٢٤‬‬
‫)‪ ٪(٢± ٩٣‬ﳌﺪﺓ )‪ (٤٨‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪٥ (٢± ٣٢‬ﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪٣/٦/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٣/٥/٢٤‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/٦/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺗﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٧/٢٤‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٦/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٦/٢٤‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ )‪.(٣/٥/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٦/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٧/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﳏﻠﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ‬ ‫‪١/٧/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٧/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺗﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺒﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٧/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﳏﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٧/٢٤‬‬
‫ﶈﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﺝ ﺍﳉﻴﱯ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/٧/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﻬﺮﺏ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻜﻬﺮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/٧/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٧/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺗﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٧/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٧/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٨/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٨/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢/٨/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﻬﺮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺽ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺼﻬﺮ ﺁﺧﺬ )‪ (٣‬ﺃﻣﺒﲑ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٢/٨/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ( ﲟﻮﺻﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٢/٨/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣/٨/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺮﻙ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١/٣/٨/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ ﲟﺼﺪﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﻭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﺼﻰ ﺗﻮﺗﺮ ﳏﺪﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢/٣/٨/٢٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ )‪ (١٠‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣/٣/٨/٢٤‬‬
‫ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ )‪ (٥٠‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪٤/٣/٨/٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻨﻘﺮ )ﻟﺪﻉ( ﰲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(١‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﲑ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬

‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(٢‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫‪٤١‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٤‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ‬

‫‪ -A‬ﻣﺴﲑ ﺑﺮﺻﺎﺹ ﳏﺠﺐ‬

‫‪ -B‬ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺸﻴﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(٥‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ‬

‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ )‪ (٠,١٢‬ﻣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٣‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫‪٤٣‬‬
١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤ ‫ ﺱ‬.‫ ﻕ‬.‫ﻡ‬

‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻁﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‬-٢٥

Insertion ‫ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
Stability ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
Backing ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻧﺔ‬
Collar ‫ﺟﻠﺒﺔ‬
Relief valve ‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺲ‬
Rottle ‫ﺧﺸﺨﻴﺸﺔ‬
Flask ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻕ‬
Plier ‫ﺯﺭﺩﻳﺔ‬
Capacity ‫ﺳﻌﺔ‬
Casing ‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ‬
Projectiles ‫ﻗﺬﺍﺋﻒ‬
Extractor fan ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺷﻔﻂ‬
Screw driver ‫ﻣﻔﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
Impedance ‫ﳑﺎﻧﻌﺔ‬

٤٤
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻕ‪ .‬ﺱ ‪١٩٩٥ / ١٥٠٤‬‬

‫‪ -٢٦‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‬

‫‪- ANSI/UL 696 0 1984‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫‪- AS 1647 – 1 – 1983‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪- BS – 5665 – 1 – 1987‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -٢٧‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺸﺎﺭﻜﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤٥‬‬